blob: 12f06e4dddcbd926653a38866ae9c424e2dfd32e [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
112
113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000115
116
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
Jelle van der Waa0de21ec2016-10-30 17:30:30 +0100130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candidate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000143 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500144 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400145 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200146 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500147 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400149 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
151/board Board dependent files
Xu Ziyuan740f7e52016-08-26 19:54:49 +0800152/cmd U-Boot commands functions
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500154/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500155/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
156/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
157/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400158/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500159/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
160/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
161/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500162/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
163/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500164/net Networking code
165/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500166/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
167/test Various unit test files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000169
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170Software Configuration:
171=======================
172
173Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
174rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
175
176There are two classes of configuration variables:
177
178* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
179 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
180 "CONFIG_".
181
182* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
183 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
184 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200185 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000186
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500187Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
188symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
189U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
190allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
191build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000192
193
194Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
195---------------------------------------------------
196
197For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200198configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000199
200Example: For a TQM823L module type:
201
202 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200203 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000204
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500205Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
206you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
207doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000208
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600209Sandbox Environment:
210--------------------
211
212U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
213board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
214specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
215run some of U-Boot's tests.
216
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530217See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600218
219
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700220Board Initialisation Flow:
221--------------------------
222
223This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500224SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700225
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500226Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
227more detail later in this file.
228
229At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
230and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
231may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
232CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
233
234Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
235CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
236
237 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
238 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
239 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
240
241and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
242limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700243
244lowlevel_init():
245 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
246 - no global_data or BSS
247 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
248 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
249 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
250 board_init_f()
251 - this is almost never needed
252 - return normally from this function
253
254board_init_f():
255 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
256 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
257 - global_data is available
258 - stack is in SRAM
259 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
260 only stack variables and global_data
261
262 Non-SPL-specific notes:
263 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
264 can do nothing
265
266 SPL-specific notes:
267 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
268 version as needed.
269 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
270 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
271 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
272 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
273 directly)
274
275Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
276this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
277CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
278memory.
279
280board_init_r():
281 - purpose: main execution, common code
282 - global_data is available
283 - SDRAM is available
284 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
285 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
286
287 Non-SPL-specific notes:
288 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
289 there.
290
291 SPL-specific notes:
292 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
293 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
294 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
Ley Foon Tan0680f1b2017-05-03 17:13:32 +0800295 done by selecting CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700296 spl_board_init() function containing this call
297 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
298
299
300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000301Configuration Options:
302----------------------
303
304Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
305such information is kept in a configuration file
306"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
307
308Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
309"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
310
311
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000312Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
313kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
314build a config tool - later.
315
316
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000317The following options need to be configured:
318
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500319- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000320
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500321- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200322
323- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100324 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000325
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530326- Marvell Family Member
327 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
328 multiple fs option at one time
329 for marvell soc family
330
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200331- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
333 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
335 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000336 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
337 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000339- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200340 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
341 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000343 See doc/README.MPC866
344
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200345 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000346
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000347 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
348 of relying on the correctness of the configured
349 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
350 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
351 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200352 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100354 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
355
356 Define this option if you want to enable the
357 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
358
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600359- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000360 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
361
362 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
363 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
364 compliance, among other possible reasons.
365
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
378
379 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
380 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
382
383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
384 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
385
386 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
387 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
388
389 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
390 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
391 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
392 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
393
394 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
395 this erratum.
396
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530397 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
398 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800399 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530400
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530401 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800403 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530404
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core.
421
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530430 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
431 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Menga1875592016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800432 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530433
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800434 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800435 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800436 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
437
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000438- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700439 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
440 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
441 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
442 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
443 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
444
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
446
447 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
448 values is arch specific.
449
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
451 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
452 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
453 SoCs.
454
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
456 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
457
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
459 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
460 deskew training are not available.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
463 Freescale DDR1 controller.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
466 Freescale DDR2 controller.
467
468 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
469 Freescale DDR3 controller.
470
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700471 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
472 Freescale DDR4 controller.
473
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
475 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
476
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
478 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
479 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
480 implemetation.
481
482 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day62a3b7d2016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400483 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
485 implementation.
486
487 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
488 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700489 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
492 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
493 DDR3L controllers.
494
495 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
496 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
497 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700498
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
500 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
503 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
504
Prabhakar Kushwaha1c407072017-02-02 15:01:26 +0530505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_CLK_DIV
506 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to IFC controller).
507
Prabhakar Kushwahaadd63f92017-02-02 15:02:00 +0530508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_LBC_CLK_DIV
509 Defines divider of platform clock(clock input to eLBC controller).
510
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530511 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
512 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
513 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
514
515 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
516 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
517 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
518 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530520 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
521 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
522 concatenated with u-boot binary.
523
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
525 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
526
527 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
528 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
529
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
531 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
532 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
533 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
534
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800535 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
536 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
537 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
538 SoCs with ARM core.
539
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
541 Number of controllers used as main memory.
542
543 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
544 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
545
Prabhakar Kushwaha44937212015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530546 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
547 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
548
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
550 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
553 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
554
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200555- MIPS CPU options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
557
558 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
559 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
560 relocation.
561
562 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
563
564 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
565 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
566 Possible values are:
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
568 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
569 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
577
578 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
579 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
580
581 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
582
583 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
584 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
585 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
586
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000587- ARM options:
588 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
589
590 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
591 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
592
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700593 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
594 Generic timer clock source frequency.
595
596 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
597 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
598 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
599 at run time.
600
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700601- Tegra SoC options:
602 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
603
604 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
605 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
606 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
607
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000608- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000609 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
610
611 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
612 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
613 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
614 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
615 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
616 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
617 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100619 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000620 default environment.
621
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000622 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
623
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800624 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000625 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
626 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
627
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400628 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200629
630 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400631 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
632 concepts).
633
634 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
635 * New libfdt-based support
636 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500637 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400638
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200639 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
640 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
641 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
642 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200643 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600644 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200645
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200646 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
647 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500648
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600649 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
650
651 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
652 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600654 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
655
656 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
657 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
658 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
659 the kernel.
660
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200661 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
662
663 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
664 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
665 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
666 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
667 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
668 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
669
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000670 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
671
672 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
673 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
674 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
675 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
676 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
677 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
678 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
679
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100680- vxWorks boot parameters:
681
682 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Meng9e98b7e2015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700683 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
684 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100685 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
686
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100687 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
688 the defaults discussed just above.
689
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000690- Cache Configuration:
691 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
692 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
693 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
694
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000695- Cache Configuration for ARM:
696 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
697 controller
698 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
699 controller register space
700
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000701- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200702 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000703
704 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
705
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200706 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000707
708 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
709
710 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
711
712 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
713 the clock speed of the UARTs.
714
715 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
716
717 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
718 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
719 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
720
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400721 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
722
723 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
724 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000725
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000726- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000727 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
728 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
729 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
730 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731
732 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
733 port routines must be defined elsewhere
734 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736- Console Baudrate:
737 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
738 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200739 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
740 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100742- Console Rx buffer length
743 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
744 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100745 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100746 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
747 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
748 the SMC.
749
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750- Autoboot Command:
751 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
752 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
753 define a command string that is automatically executed
754 when no character is read on the console interface
755 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
756
757 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
759 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
760 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000761
762 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000763 The value of these goes into the environment as
764 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
765 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200766 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000767
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100768- Bootcount:
769 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
770 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
771 cycle, see:
772 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
773
774 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
775 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
776 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
777 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
778 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
779 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
780 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
781 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
782 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Pre-Boot Commands:
785 CONFIG_PREBOOT
786
787 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
788 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
789 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
790 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
791 entering interactive mode.
792
793 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
794 automatically generated or modified. For an example
795 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
796 modified when the user holds down a certain
797 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
798 booting the systems
799
800- Serial Download Echo Mode:
801 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
802 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
803 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
804 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
805 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
806 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
807 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
808
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500809- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
811 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200812 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
814- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
816 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000817 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500818 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 The default command configuration includes all commands
821 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100823 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500825 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500826 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400827 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
829 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
832 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600833 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500834 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
835 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500836 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
Nikita Kiryanovaa9e6042016-04-16 17:55:03 +0300838 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600840 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600841 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500842 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000844 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
845 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700846 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
847 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100848 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500849 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000851 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
853 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200854 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000855 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500856 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
860 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
861 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000862 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200863 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500864 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -0600865 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500866 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000867 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
869 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
870 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
871 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200872 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000873 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
874 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
876 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200877 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400878 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000879 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500880 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000881 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
884 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
885 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100886 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
888 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200889 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600890 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000891 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500892 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
893 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
894 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
895 host
896 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000897 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500898 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
899 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000900 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -0600902 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500903 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
904 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
905 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
906 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700907 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200908 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400909 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800910 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500912 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000913 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000914 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000915 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
916 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500917 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500918 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000919 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200920 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +0200921 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922
923 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
924 support you can write:
925
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500926 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
927 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400929 Other Commands:
930 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000931
932 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500933 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000934 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
935 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
936 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
937 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
938 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
939 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940
941
942 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
943
Simon Glass302a6482016-03-13 19:07:28 -0600944- Removal of commands
945 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
946 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
947 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
948 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
949 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
950 simple boot procedures.
951
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000952- Regular expression support:
953 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +0200954 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
955 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
956 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
957 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000958
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000959- Device tree:
960 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
961 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
962 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
963 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
964 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
965 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
966
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000967 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700968 be done using one of the three options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000969
970 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
971 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
972 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
973 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
974 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
975 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000976
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000977 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
978 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
979 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
980 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
981
982 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
983
984 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
985 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
986 still use the individual files if you need something more
987 exotic.
988
Alex Deymo82f766d2017-04-02 01:25:20 -0700989 CONFIG_OF_BOARD
990 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use the device tree
991 provided by the board at runtime instead of embedding one with
992 the image. Only boards defining board_fdt_blob_setup() support
993 this option (see include/fdtdec.h file).
994
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000995- Watchdog:
996 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
997 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000998 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
999 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1000 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1001 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1002 available, then no further board specific code should
1003 be needed to use it.
1004
1005 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1006 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1007 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1008 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001009
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001010 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1011 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1012
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001013- U-Boot Version:
1014 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1015 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1016 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1017 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001018 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1019 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001020
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001021- Real-Time Clock:
1022
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001023 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001024 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1025 following options:
1026
1027 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1028 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001029 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001030 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001031 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001032 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001033 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001034 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001035 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001036 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001037 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001038 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001039 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1040 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001041
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001042 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1043 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1044
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001045- GPIO Support:
1046 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001047
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001048 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1049 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1050 pins supported by a particular chip.
1051
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001052 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1053 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1054
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001055- I/O tracing:
1056 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1057 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1058 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1059 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1060 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1061 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1062 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1063 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1064
1065 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1066 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1067 still continue to operate.
1068
1069 iotrace is enabled
1070 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1071 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1072 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1073 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1074 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1075 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1076
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001077- Timestamp Support:
1078
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001079 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1080 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1081 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001082 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001083
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001084- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1085 Zero or more of the following:
1086 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1087 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1088 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1089 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1090 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1091 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1092 disk/part_efi.c
1093 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001094
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001095 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
Simon Glassc649e3c2016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001096 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001097 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001098
1099- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001100 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1101 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001102
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001103 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1104 be performed by calling the function
1105 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1106 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001107
1108- ATAPI Support:
1109 CONFIG_ATAPI
1110
1111 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1112
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001113- LBA48 Support
1114 CONFIG_LBA48
1115
1116 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001117 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001118 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1119 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1120
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001121 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001122 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1123 Default is 32bit.
1124
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001125- SCSI Support:
1126 At the moment only there is only support for the
1127 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1128 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1129
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001130 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1131 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1132 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001133 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1134 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001135 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001136
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001137 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1138 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001141 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001142 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1143
1144 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1145 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1146 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1147 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1148
1149 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1150 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1151 example with the "sspi" command.
1152
1153 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1154 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1155 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001156
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001157 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1158 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001159 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160 write routine for first time initialisation.
1161
1162 CONFIG_TULIP
1163 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1164 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1165 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1166
1167 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1168 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1169
1170 CONFIG_NS8382X
1171 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1172
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001173- NETWORK Support (other):
1174
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001175 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1176 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1177
1178 CONFIG_RMII
1179 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1180
1181 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1182 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1183 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1184
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001185 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1186 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1187
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001188 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001189 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1190
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001191 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1192 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1193
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001194 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001195 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1196
1197 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1198 Define this to hold the physical address
1199 of the device (I/O space)
1200
1201 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1202 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1203
1204 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1205 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1206 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1207
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001208 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1209 Support for davinci emac
1210
1211 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1212 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1213
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001214 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1215 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1216
1217 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1218 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1219 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1220 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1221 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1222 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1223 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1224 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1225
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001226 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001227 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1228
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001229 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001230 Define this to hold the physical address
1231 of the device (I/O space)
1232
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001233 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001234 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1235
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001236 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001237 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1238 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001239 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001240
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001241 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1242 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1243
1244 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1245 Define the number of ports to be used
1246
1247 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1248 Define the ETH PHY's address
1249
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001250 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1251 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1252
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001253- PWM Support:
1254 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
Robert P. J. Day5052e812016-09-13 08:35:18 -04001255 Support for PWM module on the imx6.
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001256
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001257- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001258 CONFIG_TPM
1259 Support TPM devices.
1260
Christophe Ricard0766ad22015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001261 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1262 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001263 per system is supported at this time.
1264
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001265 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1266 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1267
Christophe Ricard3aa74082016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001268 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1269 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1270
1271 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1272 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1273 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1274
Christophe Ricardb75fdc12016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001275 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1276 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1277 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1278
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001279 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1280 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1281
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001282 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001283 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1284 per system is supported at this time.
1285
1286 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1287 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1288 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1289 0xfed40000.
1290
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001291 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1292 Add tpm monitor functions.
1293 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1294 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1295
1296 CONFIG_TPM
1297 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1298 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1299 Requires support for a TPM device.
1300
1301 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1302 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1303 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1304
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001305- USB Support:
1306 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001307 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001308 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1309 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001310 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001311 storage devices.
1312 Note:
1313 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1314 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001315 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1316 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1317 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001318 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1319 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001320 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1321 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1322 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001323 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1324 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001325 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001326 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1327 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001328
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001329 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1330 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1331
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001332 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1333 HW module registers.
1334
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001335- USB Device:
1336 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1337 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1338 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001339 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001340 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1341 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001342 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001343 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1344 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1345 a Linux host by
1346 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1347 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1348 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1349 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001350
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001351 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1352 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001353
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001354 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1355 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1356 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001357
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301358 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1359 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1360 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1361 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1362 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1363 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1364 speed.
1365
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001366 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001367 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1368 be set to usbtty.
1369
1370 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001371 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001372 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001373 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001374
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001375 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001376 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001377 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001378 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1379 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1380 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1381
1382 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1383 Define this string as the name of your company for
1384 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001385
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001386 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1387 Define this string as the name of your product
1388 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1389
1390 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1391 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1392 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1393 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1394 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001395
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001396 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1397 Define this as the unique Product ID
1398 for your device
1399 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001400
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001401- ULPI Layer Support:
1402 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1403 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1404 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1405 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1406 viewport is supported.
1407 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1408 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001409 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1410 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1411 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001412
1413- MMC Support:
1414 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1415 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1416 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1417 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001418 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1419 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001420
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001421 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1422 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1423
1424 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1425 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1426
1427 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1428 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1429
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001430 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1431 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1432
1433 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1434 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1435 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1436
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001437- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001438 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001439 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1440
1441 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1442 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1443 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1444 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1445 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1446
1447 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1448 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1449
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001450 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1451 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1452
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301453 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1454 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1455 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1456 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1457 one that would help mostly the developer.
1458
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001459 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1460 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1461 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1462 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1463 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1464
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001465 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1466 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1467 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1468 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1469 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1470 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1471
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001472 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1473 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1474 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1475 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1476
1477 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1478 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1479 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1480 sending again an USB request to the device.
1481
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001482- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001483 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1484 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1485
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001486 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1487 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1488 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1489 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1490 used on Android devices.
1491 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1492
1493 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1494 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1495 image format header.
1496
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001497 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001498 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1499 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1500 downloaded images.
1501
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001502 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001503 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1504 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1505 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1506
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001507 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1508 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1509 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1510 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1511
1512 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1513 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1514 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1515 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1516
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001517 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1518 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1519 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1520 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1521 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1522 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1523 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
Petr Kulhavy6f6c8632016-09-09 10:27:18 +02001524 The default is "gpt" if undefined.
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001525
Petr Kulhavyb6dd69a2016-09-09 10:27:16 +02001526 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_MBR_NAME
1527 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1528 image to DOS MBR.
1529 This occurs when the "partition name" specified on the
1530 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1531 If not defined the default value "mbr" is used.
1532
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001533- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
Simon Glassb2482df2016-10-02 18:00:59 -06001534 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001535 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1536
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001537 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1538 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001539 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1540
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001541- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1542 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001543
1544 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1545 file in FAT formatted partition.
1546
1547 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1548 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001549
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301550- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1551 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1552
1553 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1554 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1555
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001556- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glass39f615e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001557 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1558
1559 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1560
1561 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1562 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1563 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1564 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1565 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001566
1567- Video support:
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001568 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001569 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001570 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1571 support, and should also define these other macros:
1572
1573 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1574 CONFIG_VIDEO
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001575 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1576 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1577 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1578 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1579 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1580
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001581 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1582 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevam8eca9432016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001583 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001584 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001585
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001586- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1587
1588 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1589 display); also select one of the supported displays
1590 by defining one of these:
1591
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001592 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1593
1594 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1595
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001596 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001597
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001598 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001599
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001600 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001601
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001602 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1603 Active, color, single scan.
1604
1605 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1606
1607 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001608 Active, color, single scan.
1609
1610 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1611
1612 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1613 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1614
1615 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1616
1617 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1618 Active, color, single scan.
1619
1620 CONFIG_HLD1045
1621
1622 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1623 Active, color, single scan.
1624
1625 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1626
1627 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1628 or
1629 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1630 or
1631 Hitachi SP14Q002
1632
1633 320x240. Black & white.
1634
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001635 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1636
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001637 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001638 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1639 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1640 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1641 a per-section basis.
1642
1643
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001644 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1645
1646 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1647 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1648 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1649 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1650 printed out.
1651 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1652 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1653 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1654 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1655 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1656 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1657 1 = 90 degree rotation
1658 2 = 180 degree rotation
1659 3 = 270 degree rotation
1660
1661 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1662 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1663
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001664 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1665
1666 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1667
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001668 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1669
1670 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1671 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1672
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001673- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001674
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001675 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1676 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1677 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001678 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001679 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1680 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1681 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1682 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001683
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001684 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1685
1686 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1687 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevamab5645f2016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001688 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001689 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1690 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1691 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1692 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1693 there is no need to set this option.
1694
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001695 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1696
1697 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1698 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1699 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1700 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1701 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1702 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1703
1704 Example:
1705 setenv splashpos m,m
1706 => image at center of screen
1707
1708 setenv splashpos 30,20
1709 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1710
1711 setenv splashpos -10,m
1712 => vertically centered image
1713 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1714
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001715- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1716
1717 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1718 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1719 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1720
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001721- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1722
1723 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1724 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1725 bmp command.
1726
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001727- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001728 CONFIG_GZIP
1729
1730 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1731
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001732 CONFIG_BZIP2
1733
1734 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1735 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1736 compressed images are supported.
1737
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001738 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001739 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001740 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001741
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001742 CONFIG_LZMA
1743
1744 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1745 images is included.
1746
1747 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1748 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1749 formula:
1750
1751 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1752
1753 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1754 and Literal pos bits.
1755
1756 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1757 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1758 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1759 a very small buffer.
1760
1761 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1762 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001763 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001764
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001765 CONFIG_LZO
1766
1767 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1768 is included.
1769
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001770- MII/PHY support:
1771 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1772
1773 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1774
1775 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1776
1777 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1778
1779 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1780
1781 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001782 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001783
1784 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1785
1786 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1787 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1788 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1789 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1790
1791 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1792
1793 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1794 command issued before MII status register can be read
1795
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001796- IP address:
1797 CONFIG_IPADDR
1798
1799 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001800 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001801 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001802 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001803
1804- Server IP address:
1805 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1806
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001807 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001808 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001809 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001810
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001811 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1812
1813 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1814 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1815
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001816- Gateway IP address:
1817 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1818
1819 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1820 default router where packets to other networks are
1821 sent to.
1822 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1823
1824- Subnet mask:
1825 CONFIG_NETMASK
1826
1827 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1828 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1829 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1830 forwarded through a router.
1831 (Environment variable "netmask")
1832
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001833- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1834 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1835
1836 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1837 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001838 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001839 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1840 multicast group.
1841
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001842- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1843 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1844
1845 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1846 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1847 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1848 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1849 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1850 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1851 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1852 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001853 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001854
1855 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1856 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1857 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1858 4th and following
1859 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1860
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02001861 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
1862
1863 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
1864 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
1865 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
1866 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
1867 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
1868 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
1869 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
1870 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
1871 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
1872 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
1873 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
1874 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
1875 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
1876 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
1877 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
1878
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001879- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001880 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1881 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001882
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001883 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1884 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1885 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1886 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1887 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1888 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1889 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1890 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1891 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1892 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1893 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1894 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001895 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001896
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001897 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1898 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001899
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001900 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1901 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1902 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1903 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1904 is not available.
1905
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001906 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1907 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1908 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1909 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1910 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1911 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1912 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001913 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001914
1915 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1916 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1917 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001918 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001919 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1920 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001921
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001922 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1923
1924 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1925 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1926 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1927 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1928 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1929 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1930 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1931 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1932 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1933 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1934 this delay.
1935
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001936 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1937 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1938 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1939 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1940 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1941
1942 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1943
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001944 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001945 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001946
1947 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1948
1949 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1950
1951 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1952 of the device.
1953
1954 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1955
1956 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1957 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001958 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001959
1960 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1961
1962 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1963 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1964
1965 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1966
1967 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1968
1969 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1970
1971 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1972
1973 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1974
1975 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1976
1977 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1978
1979 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1980 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1981
1982 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1983
1984 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1985
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001986- Status LED: CONFIG_LED_STATUS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001987
1988 Several configurations allow to display the current
1989 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1990 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1991 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1992 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1993 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001994 kernel). Defining CONFIG_LED_STATUS enables this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001995 feature in U-Boot.
1996
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02001997 Additional options:
1998
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02001999 CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002000 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2001 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
Uri Mashiach79267ed2017-01-19 10:51:05 +02002002 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_LED_STATUS_GPIO
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002003 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2004
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002005 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2006 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2007 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2008 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2009 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2010 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2011
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002012- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2013
2014 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2015 on those systems that support this (optional)
2016 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2017
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002018- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002019
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002020 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2021 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2022 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2023 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2024 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2025 interface.
2026
2027 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002028 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2029 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2030 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2031 for defining speed and slave address
2032 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2033 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2034 for defining speed and slave address
2035 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2036 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2037 for defining speed and slave address
2038 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2039 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2040 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002041
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002042 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2043 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2044 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2045 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2046 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2047 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002048 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002049 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2050 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2051 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2052 second bus.
2053
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002054 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002055 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2056 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2057 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002058
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002059 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2060 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2061 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2062 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2063
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002064 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2065 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002066 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2067 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2068 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2069 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002070 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2071 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2072 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2073 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2074 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2075 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)03544c62015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002076 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2077 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002078 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002079 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2080
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002081 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2082 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2083 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2084
2085 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2086 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2087 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2088 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2089 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2090 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2091 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2092 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2093 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2094
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002095 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2096 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2097 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2098
2099 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2100 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2101 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2106 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2107 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2108 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002109 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002110
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002111 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2112 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2113 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2114 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2115 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2116 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2119 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2123
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002124 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2125 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2126 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2127 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2128
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302129 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2130 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2131 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2132 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2133 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2134
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002135 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2136 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2146 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2147 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2148 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach071be892015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002149 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002158
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002159 additional defines:
2160
2161 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002162 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use.
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002163
2164 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2165 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2166 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2167 omit this define.
2168
2169 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2170 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2171 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2172 define.
2173
2174 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002175 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002176 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2177 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2178 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2179
2180 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2181 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2182 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2183 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2184 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2185 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2186 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2187 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2188 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2189 }
2190
2191 which defines
2192 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002193 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2194 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2195 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2196 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2197 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002198 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002199 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2200 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002201
2202 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2203
Simon Glassce3b5d62017-05-12 21:10:00 -06002204- Legacy I2C Support:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002205 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002206 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2207 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002208
2209 I2C_INIT
2210
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002211 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002212 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002213
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002214 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002215
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002216 I2C_PORT
2217
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002218 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2219 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2220 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002221
2222 I2C_ACTIVE
2223
2224 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2225 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2226 define can be null.
2227
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002228 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002230 I2C_TRISTATE
2231
2232 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2233 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2234 define can be null.
2235
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002236 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002238 I2C_READ
2239
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002240 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2241 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002243 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002245 I2C_SDA(bit)
2246
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002247 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2248 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002249
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002250 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002251 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002252 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002253
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002254 I2C_SCL(bit)
2255
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002256 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2257 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002258
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002259 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002260 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002261 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002262
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263 I2C_DELAY
2264
2265 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2266 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002267 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002268 like:
2269
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002270 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002272 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2273
2274 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2275 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2276 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2277 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2278
2279 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2280 the generic GPIO functions.
2281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002282 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002283
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002284 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2285 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2286 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2287 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2288 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2289 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2290 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2291 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002292
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002293 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2294
2295 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002296 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2297 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002298 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2299
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002300 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002301
2302 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002303 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002304 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2305 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002306
2307 e.g.
2308 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002309 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002310
2311 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2312
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002313 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Simon Glass945a18e2016-10-02 18:01:05 -06002314 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002315
2316 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002318 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002319
2320 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2321 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2322
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002323 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002324
2325 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2326 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2327
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002328 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002329
2330 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2331 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2332
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002333 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002334
2335 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2336 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2337 specified DTT device.
2338
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002339 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2340
2341 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2342 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2343 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2344 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2345 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2346 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2347 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002348
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002349- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2350
2351 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2352 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2353 D/As on the SACSng board)
2354
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002355 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2356
2357 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2358 only SH7757 is supported.
2359
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002360 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2361
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002362 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2363 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2364 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2365 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2366 defined, the board configuration must define several
2367 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2368 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002369
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002370 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2371
2372 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2373 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2374 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002375 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002376 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2377
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002378 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2379
2380 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002381 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002382
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002383 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2384 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2385 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2386
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002387- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2388
2389 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2390
2391 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2392
2393 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2394 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2395
2396 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2397
2398 Enables support for FPGA family.
2399 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2400
2401 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002402
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002403 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002404
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302405 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2406
2407 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2408
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002409 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2410
2411 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2412
2413 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2414
2415 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2416 (Xilinx only)
2417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002418 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002419
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002420 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002421
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002422 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002423
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002424 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2425 status by the configuration function. This option
2426 will require a board or device specific function to
2427 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002428
2429 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2430
2431 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2432 configuration driver.
2433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002434 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002435 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2436
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002437 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002438
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002439 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2440 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2441 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2442 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002444 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002445
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002446 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2447 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002448 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002449 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002451 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002452
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002453 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002454 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002456 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002457
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002458 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002459 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002460
2461- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002462 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2463
2464 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2465 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2466 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2467 special image will be automatically built upon calling
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06002468 make / buildman.
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002469
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002470 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2471
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002472 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2473 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002474
2475- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2476
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002477 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2478 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002479 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002480 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2481 protects these variables from casual modification by
2482 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2483 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002484 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002485
2486 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2487 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002488 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489 these parameters.
2490
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002491 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2492 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002493 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002494 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2495 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2496 read-only.]
2497
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002498 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2499 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2500 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2501 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2502
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002503- Protected RAM:
2504 CONFIG_PRAM
2505
2506 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2507 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2508 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2509 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2510 this default value by defining an environment
2511 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2512 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2513 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2514 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2515 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2516 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2517 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2518
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002519 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002520 saveenv
2521
2522 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2523 either, which results in a memory region that will
2524 not be affected by reboots.
2525
2526 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2527 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2528 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2529 following board configurations are known to be
2530 "pRAM-clean":
2531
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002532 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2533 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002534 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002535
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002536- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2537 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2538 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2539 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2540 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2541 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2542 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2543
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002544- Error Recovery:
2545 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2546
2547 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2548 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2549 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002550 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002551 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2552 useful during development since you can try to debug
2553 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2554
2555 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2556
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002557 This variable defines the number of retries for
2558 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2559 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2560 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002562 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2563
2564 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2565
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002566 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2567
2568 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2569 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2570 try longer timeout such as
2571 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2572
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002573- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002574 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002575
2576 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2577
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002578 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002579
2580 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2581 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2582 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2583
2584 Note:
2585
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002586 In the current implementation, the local variables
2587 space and global environment variables space are
2588 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2589 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2590 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2591 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2592 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002593
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002594 Global environment variables are those you use
2595 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2596 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2597 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002598
2599 To store commands and special characters in a
2600 variable, please use double quotation marks
2601 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2602 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2603 symbols.
2604
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002605- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002606 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2607
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002608 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002609 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002610
Marek Vasutf3b267b2016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002611- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2612 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2613
2614 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2615 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2616 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2617 and PS2.
2618
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002619- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002620 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2621
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002622 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2623 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002624 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002625
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002626 For example, place something like this in your
2627 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002628
2629 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2630 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2631 "myvar2=value2\0"
2632
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002633 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2634 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2635 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2636 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002637 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002638 You better know what you are doing here.
2639
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002640 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2641 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002642 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002643 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002645 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2646
2647 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2648 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2649 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2650
2651 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2652
2653 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2654 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2655 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2656 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2657 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2658
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002659 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2660
2661 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2662 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2663 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2664
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002665 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2666
2667 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002668 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002669 that so that the environment is not available until
2670 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2671 this is instead controlled by the value of
2672 /config/load-environment.
2673
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002674- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002675 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2676
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002677 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2678 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2679 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002680
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002681- Serial Flash support
2682 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2683
2684 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2685 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2686
2687 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2688 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2689 commands.
2690
2691 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2692 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2693 flash is present on the system.
2694
2695 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2696 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2697 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2698 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2699
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002700 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2701
2702 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2703 test ('sf test').
2704
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302705 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2706
2707 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2708 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002709 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302710
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002711- SystemACE Support:
2712 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2713
2714 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2715 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002716 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002717 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002718
2719 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002720 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002721
2722 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2723 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2724
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002725- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2726 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2727
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002728 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002729 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002730 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002731 number generator is used.
2732
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002733 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2734 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2735 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2736
2737 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002738 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2739 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2740 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2741 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2742 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2743 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2744
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002745- Hashing support:
2746 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2747
2748 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2749 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2750
2751 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2752
2753 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2754 size a little.
2755
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002756 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2757 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2758
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002759- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2760 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2761 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2762 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2763
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002764- bootcount support:
2765 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2766
2767 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2768 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2769
2770 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2771 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002772 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2773 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2774 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2775 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2776 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2777 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2778 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2779 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2780 the bootcounter.
2781 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002782
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002783- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002784 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2785
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002786 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2787 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2788 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2789 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2790 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2791 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002792
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002793
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002794Legacy uImage format:
2795
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002796 Arg Where When
2797 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002798 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002799 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002800 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002801 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002802 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002803 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2804 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2805 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002806 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002807 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2808 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2809 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2810 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002811 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002813
2814 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2815 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2816 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2817 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2818 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2819 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2820 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002821 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002822 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2823 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2824
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002825 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002826
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002827 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002828 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2829 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002830
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002831 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2832 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2833 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2834 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2835 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2836 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2837 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2838 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2839 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2840 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2841 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2842 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2843 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2844 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2845 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2846 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2847 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2848 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2849 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2850 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2851 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2852 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2853 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2854 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2855 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2856 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2857 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2858 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2859 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2860 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2861 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2862 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2863 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2864 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2865 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2866 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2867 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2868 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2869 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2870 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2871 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2872 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2873 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2874 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2875 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2876 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2877 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002878
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002879 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002880
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002881 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002882 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2883 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002884
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002885 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05002886 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
2887 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
2888 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002889 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2890 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002891 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2892 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002893 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002895FIT uImage format:
2896
2897 Arg Where When
2898 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2899 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2900 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2901 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2902 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2903 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002904 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002905 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2906 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2907 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2908 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2909 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002910 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2911 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002912 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2913 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2914 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2915 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2916 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2917 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2918 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2919 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2920
2921 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2922 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2923 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002924 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002925 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2926 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2927 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2928 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2929 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2930 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2931 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2932 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2933 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2934 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2935 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2936 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2937
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002938 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002939 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2940
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002941 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002942 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2943
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002944 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002945 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2946
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02002947- legacy image format:
2948 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
2949 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
2950
2951 Default:
2952 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
2953
2954 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
2955 disable the legacy image format
2956
2957 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
2958 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
2959
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002960- Standalone program support:
2961 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2962
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002963 This option defines a board specific value for the
2964 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2965 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002966 settings.
2967
2968- Frame Buffer Address:
2969 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2970
2971 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002972 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2973 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2974 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2975 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2976 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2977 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2978 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002979
2980 Please see board_init_f function.
2981
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002982- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2983 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2984 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2985 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2986
2987 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2988 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2989
2990- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2991 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2992
2993 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2994 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2995
2996 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2997
2998 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2999 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3000
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003001- UBI support
3002 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3003
3004 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3005 with the UBI flash translation layer
3006
3007 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3008
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003009 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3010
3011 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3012 warnings and errors enabled.
3013
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003014
3015 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3016 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3017 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3018 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3019 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3020 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3021
3022 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3023 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3024 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3025 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3026 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3027
3028 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003029
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003030 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3031 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3032 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3033 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3034 flash), this value is ignored.
3035
3036 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3037 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3038 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3039 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3040 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3041 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3042
3043 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3044 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3045 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3046 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3047 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3048 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3049 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3050 partition.
3051
3052 default: 20
3053
3054 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3055 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3056 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3057 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3058 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3059 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3060 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3061 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3062 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3063 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3064 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3065 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3066
3067 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3068 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3069 without a fastmap.
3070 default: 0
3071
Heiko Schocher0195a7b2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003072 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3073 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3074 default: 0
3075
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003076- UBIFS support
3077 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3078
3079 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3080 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3081
3082 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3083
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003084 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3085
3086 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3087 warnings and errors enabled.
3088
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003089- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003090 CONFIG_SPL
3091 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003092
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003093 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3094 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3095
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003096 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3097 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3098 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3099 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003100 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003101 must not be both defined at the same time.
3102
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003103 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003104 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3105 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3106 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3107 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003108
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003109 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3110 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003111
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003112 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3113 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3114 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3115
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003116 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3117 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3118
3119 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003120 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3121 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3122 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003123 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003124 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003125
3126 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3127 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3128
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003129 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3130 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3131 loaded does not have a signature.
3132 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3133 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3134 will be caught.
3135 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3136 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3137 and thus should be skipped silently.
3138
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003139 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3140 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3141 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3142 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3143
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003144 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3145 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam9ac4fc82015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003146 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3147 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3148 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003149
3150 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3151 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003152
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003153 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3154 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3155 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3156 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3157
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003158 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3159 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3160 See also: doc/README.falcon
3161
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003162 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3163 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3164 about the running system.
3165
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003166 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3167 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3168
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003169 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3170 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3171 used in raw mode
3172
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003173 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3174 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3175 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3176
3177 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3178 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3179 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3180 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3181 (for falcon mode)
3182
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003183 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3184 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3185 used in fs mode
3186
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003187 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3188 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3189
3190 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003191 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003192 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003193
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003194 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003195 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003196 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003197
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003198 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3199 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3200 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3201 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3202 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3203
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303204 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3205 Avoid SPL relocation
3206
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003207 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3208 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3209 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3210
3211 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3212 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3213
3214 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3215 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3216
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003217 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003218 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3219 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003220
Thomas Gleixner6f4e7d32016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003221 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3222 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3223 loader
3224
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003225 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3226 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3227 if you need to save space.
3228
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003229 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3230 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3231 SPL binary.
3232
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003233 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3234 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3235 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3236 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3237 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3238 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003239 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003240
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303241 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3242 Add support NAND boot
3243
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003244 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003245 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3246
3247 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3248 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3249
3250 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3251 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003252
3253 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003254 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003255
3256 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3257 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003258 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003259
3260 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3261 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3262 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3263
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003264 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3265 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3266
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003267 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003268 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3269 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3270 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3271 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3272 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003273
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003274 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3275 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3276 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3277 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3278
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003279 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3280 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3281 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3282 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3283 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3284
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003285- TPL framework
3286 CONFIG_TPL
3287 Enable building of TPL globally.
3288
3289 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3290 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3291 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003292 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3293 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3294 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003295
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003296- Interrupt support (PPC):
3297
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003298 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3299 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003300 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003301 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003302 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003303 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003304 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003305 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3306 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3307 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003308
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003309
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003310Board initialization settings:
3311------------------------------
3312
3313During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3314to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3315before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3316following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3317architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3318typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3319
3320- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3321- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3322- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3323- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003324
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003325Configuration Settings:
3326-----------------------
3327
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003328- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3329 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3330
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003331- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003332 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3333
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003334- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3335 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3336
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003337- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003338 prompt for user input.
3339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003340- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003341
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003342- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003343
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003344- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003345
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003346- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003347 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3348 booted
3349
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003350- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003351 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003353- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003354 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3355 simple memory test.
3356
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003357- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003358 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003359
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003360- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003361 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3362 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3363
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003364- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003365 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003366 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3367 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3368 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sune61a7532016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003369 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sune8149522015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003370 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3371 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3372
York Sunaabd7dd2015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003373- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003374 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003375 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003376 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003377 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3378 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3379 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003380 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003381 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003382 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003383
3384 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3385 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3386 be touched.
3387
3388 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3389 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3390 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3391 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3392 problems.
3393
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003394- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003395 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003397- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003400- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003401 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003403- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003404 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3405 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003406 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003407 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003409- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003410 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3411 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3412 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3413 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003415- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003416 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3417
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003418- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3419 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3420 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3421 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3422 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3423 space.
3424
3425 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3426 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3427 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003428 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003429 U-Boot relocates itself.
3430
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003431- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3432 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3433 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3434 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3435
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003436- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3437 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3438 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3439 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3440 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3441 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3442 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3443 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3444 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3445 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3446 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3447 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3448 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3449 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3450 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3451 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3452
3453 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3454
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003455- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003456 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3457 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003458 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003459 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3460
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003461- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003462 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3463 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003464 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3465 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003466 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003467 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003468 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003469 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3470 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3471 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003472
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003473- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3474 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3475 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3476 is enabled.
3477
3478- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3479 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3480 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3481
3482- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3483 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3484 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003486- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003487 Max number of Flash memory banks
3488
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003489- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003490 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003492- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003495- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003496 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3497
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003498- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003499 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003501- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003502 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003504- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003505 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3506 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3507
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003508- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003509
3510 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3511 without this option such a download has to be
3512 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3513 copy from RAM to flash.
3514
3515 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3516 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003517 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3518 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003519 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3520
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003521- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003522 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003523 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3524
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003525- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003526 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3527 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003528
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003529- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3530 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3531 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3532 to the MTD layer.
3533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003534- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003535 Use buffered writes to flash.
3536
3537- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3538 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3539 write commands.
3540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003541- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003542 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3543 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3544 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3545 optionally available.
3546
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003547- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3548 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3549 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3550 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3551
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003552- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3553 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3554 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3555 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3556 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3557 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3558 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3559 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3560
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003561- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003562 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3563 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003564 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3565 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003566 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003567 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3568
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003569- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3570
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003571 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3572 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3573 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3574 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3575 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003576
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003577- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3578- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003579 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003580 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3581 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3582 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3583
3584 The format of the list is:
3585 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003586 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3587 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003588 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3589 list = entry[,list]
3590
3591 The type attributes are:
3592 s - String (default)
3593 d - Decimal
3594 x - Hexadecimal
3595 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3596 i - IP address
3597 m - MAC address
3598
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003599 The access attributes are:
3600 a - Any (default)
3601 r - Read-only
3602 o - Write-once
3603 c - Change-default
3604
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003605 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3606 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003607 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003608
3609 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3610 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3611 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3612 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3613 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3614 ".flags" variable.
3615
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05003616 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
3617 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
3618 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
3619
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003620- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3621 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3622 access flags.
3623
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06003624- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
3625 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
3626 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
3627 building U-Boot to enable this.
3628
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3630of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3631following configurations:
3632
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003633- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3634
3635 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3636 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003638- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003639
3640 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3641
3642 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3643 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3644 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3645 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3646 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3647 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3648 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3649 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3650 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3651 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3652 between U-Boot and the environment.
3653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003654 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003655
3656 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3657 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3658 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3659 for this sector is given here.
3660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003661 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003663 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003664
3665 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3666 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003667 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003669 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003670
3671 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3672
3673
3674 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3675 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3676 the environment.
3677
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003678 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003680 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003681 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3683 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3684
3685 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3686 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3687 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3688 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3689 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3690 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3691 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3692 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3693 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003695 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3696 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003698 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003699 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003700 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003701 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003702
3703BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3704source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3705accordingly!
3706
3707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003708- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003709
3710 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3711 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3712 environment.
3713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003714 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3715 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003717 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003718 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3719 can just be read and written to, without any special
3720 provision.
3721
3722BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003723in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003724console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725U-Boot will hang.
3726
3727Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3728environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3729keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3730to save the current settings.
3731
3732
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003733- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003734
3735 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3736 device and a driver for it.
3737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003738 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3739 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003740
3741 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3742 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003744 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003745 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3746 The default address is zero.
3747
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01003748 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
3749 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
3750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003751 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003752 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3753 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3754 would require six bits.
3755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003756 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003758 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003759
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003760 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003761 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3762 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003764 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003765 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3766 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3767 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3768 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3769 byte chips.
3770
3771 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3772 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3773 in the chip address.
3774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003775 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003776 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3777
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003778 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3779 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3780 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3781
3782 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3783 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3784 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3785 EEPROM. For example:
3786
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003787 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003788
3789 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3790 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003792- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003793
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003794 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003795 want to use for the environment.
3796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003797 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3798 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3799 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003800
3801 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3802 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3803 at the specified address.
3804
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003805- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
3806
3807 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
3808 want to use for the environment.
3809
3810 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3811 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3812
3813 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3814 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3815 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3816
3817 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3818
3819 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
3820
3821 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3822
3823 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3824 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3825 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003826 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08003827 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
3828
3829 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
3830 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
3831
3832 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
3833
3834 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
3835
3836 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
3837
3838 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
3839
3840 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
3841
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003842- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3843
3844 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3845 want to use for the local device's environment.
3846
3847 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3848 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3849
3850 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3851 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3852 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003853 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003854
3855BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3856"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003857environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3858but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003859
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003860- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003861
3862 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3863 for the environment.
3864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003865 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3866 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003867
3868 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003869 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3870 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003871
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003872 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003873
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003874 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003875 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3876 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Simon Glass9dd05fb2016-10-02 18:00:58 -06003877 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003878 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003879
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003880 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3881
3882 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3883 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3884 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3885 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3886 the range to be avoided.
3887
3888 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3889
3890 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3891 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3892 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3893 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3894 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003895
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003896- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3897
3898 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3899 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3900 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3901
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003902- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3903
3904 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3905 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3906 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3907
3908 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3909
3910 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3911
3912 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3913
3914 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3915 environment in.
3916
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003917 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3918
3919 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3920 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3921 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3922
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003923 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3924 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3925
3926 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3927 when storing the env in UBI.
3928
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003929- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
3930 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
3931
3932 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
3933
3934 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
3935
Nicolae Rosia41987782016-11-21 17:33:58 +02003936 - FAT_ENV_DEVICE_AND_PART:
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003937
3938 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
3939 be as following:
3940
3941 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
3942 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
3943 partition table.
3944 - "D:0": device D.
3945 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
3946 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
3947 table.
3948 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003949 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003950 partition table then means device D.
3951
3952 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
3953
3954 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003955 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003956
3957 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003958 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08003959
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003960- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3961
3962 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3963 environment.
3964
3965 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3966
3967 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3968
3969 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3970
3971 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3972 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3973 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3974
3975 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3976 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3977
3978 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3979 area within the specified MMC device.
3980
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003981 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3982 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3983 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3984 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3985 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3986 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3987 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3988
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003989 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3990 MMC sector boundary.
3991
3992 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3993
3994 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3995 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3996 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3997 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3998
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003999 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4000 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4001
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004002 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4003 an MMC sector boundary.
4004
4005 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4006
4007 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4008 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4009 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004011- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012
4013 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4014 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4015 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4016 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4017 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4018 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4019 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4020
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004021Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004023created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024until then to read environment variables.
4025
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004026The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4027is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4028with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4029necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4030"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4031have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004032
4033Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4034the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004035use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004036
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004037- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004038 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004040 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004041 also needs to be defined.
4042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004043- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004044 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004045
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004046- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4047 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4048 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4049 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4050 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4051 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4052
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004053- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4054 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4055 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4056 to do this.
4057
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004058- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4059 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4060 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4061 present.
4062
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004063- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4064 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4065 build system checks that the actual size does not
4066 exceed it.
4067
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004068Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004069---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004071- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4073
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004074- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004076
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004077 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4078 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4079 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004080
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004081- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4082 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4083 PowerPC SOCs.
4084
4085- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4086 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4087 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4088
4089 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4090 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4091
4092- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4093 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4094 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004095 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004096 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4097 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4098 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4099
4100 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4101 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4102
4103- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004104 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4105 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004106 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4107 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4108
4109- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4110 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4111 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4112 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4113
4114- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4115 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4116 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4117
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004118- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004119 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004120
4121 the default drive number (default value 0)
4122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004123 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004124
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004125 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004126 (default value 1)
4127
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004128 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004129
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004130 defines the offset of register from address. It
4131 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004132 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004133
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004134 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4135 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004136 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004137
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004138 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004139 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4140 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004141 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004142 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004143
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004144- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4145 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4146 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4147 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4148 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4149 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004150 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004152- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004153 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004154 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004156- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004158 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004159 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4160 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4161 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4162 will become available only after programming the
4163 memory controller and running certain initialization
4164 sequences.
4165
4166 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4167 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4168 - MPC824X: data cache
4169 - PPC4xx: data cache
4170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004171- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
4173 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004174 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4175 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004176 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004177 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Simon Glassacd51f92016-10-02 18:01:06 -06004178 GENERATED_GBL_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004179 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4180 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181
4182 Note:
4183 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4184 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004185 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004186 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4187 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004189- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004191- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004193- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004195- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004197- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004199- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004201- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202 SDRAM timing
4203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004204- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205 periodic timer for refresh
4206
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004207- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004209- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4210 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4211 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4212 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4214
4215- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004216 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4217 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004218 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004220- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4221 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4223 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4224
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004225- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4227 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004229- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004230 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4231 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004233- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004234 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4235 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004237- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004238 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4239 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4240 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4241 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004243- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4244 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4245 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4246 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4247 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4248 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4249 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4250 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004251 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004252
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004253- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4254 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4255 required.
4256
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004257- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004258 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004259 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4260 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4261 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4262 by coreboot or similar.
4263
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004264- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4265 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4266
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004267- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4268 Chip has SRIO or not
4269
4270- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4271 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4272
4273- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4274 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4275
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004276- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4277 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4278
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004279- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4280 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4281
4282- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4283 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4284
4285- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4286 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4287
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004288- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4289 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4290 a 16 bit bus.
4291 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004292 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004293 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004294 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004295
4296- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4297 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4298 a default value will be used.
4299
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004300- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004301 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4302 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4303
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004304 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4305 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4306
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004307- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004308 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4309 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4310 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004311
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004312- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4313 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4314 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4315 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4316 header files or board specific files.
4317
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004318- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4319 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4320
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004321- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4322 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4323
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004324- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4325 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4326
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004327- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004328 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4329 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004330
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004331- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4332 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4333
4334- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4335 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004336 to the given FEC; i. e.
4337 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004338 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4339
4340 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4341
4342- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4343 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4344 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4345
4346- CONFIG_RMII
4347 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4348 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4349 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4350
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004351- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4352 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4353 The syntax is:
4354
4355 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4356
4357 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4358 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4359 area should have.
4360
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004361- CONFIG_LOOPW
4362 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004363 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004364
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004365- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4366 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4367 "md/mw" commands.
4368 Examples:
4369
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004370 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004371 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4372
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004373 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004374 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4375
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004376 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004377 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004378
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004379- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004380 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004381 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4382 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4383 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004384
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004385 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4386 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4387 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4388 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004389
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004390- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4391 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
yeongjun Kim90211f72016-07-20 22:56:12 +09004392 to be skipped. The normal CP15 init (such as enabling the
Simon Glassb5bd0982016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004393 instruction cache) is still performed.
4394
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004395- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004396 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4397 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4398 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004399
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004400- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4401 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4402 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4403 It is loaded by the SPL.
4404
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004405- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4406 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4407 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4408 previous 4k of the .text section.
4409
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004410- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4411 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4412 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4413 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4414 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4415 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4416 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4417 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4418
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004419- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4420 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4421 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004422
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004423- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4424 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4425
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004426- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4427 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4428 driver that uses this:
4429 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4430
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004431Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4432-----------------------------------
4433
4434The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4435loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4436This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4437are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4438within that device.
4439
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004440- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4441 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4442 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4443 is also specified.
4444
4445- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4446 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004447 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4448 is also specified.
4449
4450- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4451 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4452 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4453 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4454 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4455
4456- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4457 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4458 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4459 virtual address in NOR flash.
4460
4461- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4462 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4463 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4464
4465- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4466 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4467 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4468
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004469- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4470 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4471 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004472 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4473 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4474 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004475
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004476Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4477---------------------------------------------------------
4478The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4479"firmware".
4480This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4481are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4482within that device.
4483
4484- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4485 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4486
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304487Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4488-------------------------------------------
4489The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4490"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4491This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4492
York Sunc0492142015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004493- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4494 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304495
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004496Reproducible builds
4497-------------------
4498
4499In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4500process have to be set to a fixed value.
4501
4502This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4503SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4504option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4505
4506SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4507
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004508Building the Software:
4509======================
4510
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004511Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4512and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4513all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4514(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4515recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4516which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004518If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4519have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4520you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4521Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4522necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004524 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4525 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004526
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004527Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4528 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4529 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4530 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4531
4532 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4533
4534 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4535 be executed on computers running Windows.
4536
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004537U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4538sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539is done by typing:
4540
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004541 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004543where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004544rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4547 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4548 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4549 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004550 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004551
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004552 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004553 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004554
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004555 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004556 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004558 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4562images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4565- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4566- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004568By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4569in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4570this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4571
45721. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4573
4574 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004575 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004576 make O=/tmp/build all
4577
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020045782. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004579
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004580 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004581 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004582 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004583 make all
4584
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02004585Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004586variable.
4587
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4590for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4591native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004594If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4595to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4596steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004597
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +010045981. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004599 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutter3c1496c2015-12-25 14:41:18 +01004600 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
46012. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4602 your board.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046033. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4604 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020046054. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000046065. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4607 to be installed on your target system.
46086. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4609 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004612Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4613==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004614
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004615If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4616or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4618the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004619official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004620
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004621But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4622cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06004624just run the buildman script (tools/buildman/buildman), which will
4625configure and build U-Boot for ALL supported system. Be warned, this
4626will take a while. Please see the buildman README, or run 'buildman -H'
4627for documentation.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004628
4629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004630See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004633Monitor Commands - Overview:
4634============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004636go - start application at address 'addr'
4637run - run commands in an environment variable
4638bootm - boot application image from memory
4639bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004640bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004641tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4642 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4643 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004644tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4646diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4647loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4648loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4649md - memory display
4650mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4651nm - memory modify (constant address)
4652mw - memory write (fill)
4653cp - memory copy
4654cmp - memory compare
4655crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004656i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004657sspi - SPI utility commands
4658base - print or set address offset
4659printenv- print environment variables
4660setenv - set environment variables
4661saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4662protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4663erase - erase FLASH memory
4664flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004665nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4667iminfo - print header information for application image
4668coninfo - print console devices and informations
4669ide - IDE sub-system
4670loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004671loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004672mtest - simple RAM test
4673icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4674dcache - enable or disable data cache
4675reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4676echo - echo args to console
4677version - print monitor version
4678help - print online help
4679? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4683========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004688
4689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690Environment Variables:
4691======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004693U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4694can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4697"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4698without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4699environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4700working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4701environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004703Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4704
4705List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004707 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004711 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004713 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004715 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004716
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004717 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4718 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4719 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4720 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4721 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4722 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004723 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4724 bootm_mapsize.
4725
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004726 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004727 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4728 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4729 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4730 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4731 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4732 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004733
4734 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4735 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4736 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4737 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4738 environment variable.
4739
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004740 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4741 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4742 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004744 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4745 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4746 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4747 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4750 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4751 be automatically started (by internally calling
4752 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004754 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4755 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4756 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4757 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4758 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004760 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4761 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004762 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4763 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4764 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4765 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4766 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4767 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4768 access it during the boot procedure.
4769
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004770 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4771 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4772 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4773 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4774 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4775 must be accessible by the kernel.
4776
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004777 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4778 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4779 defined.
4780
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004781 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4782 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4783 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4784 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4785 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004787 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4788 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4789 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4790 is usually what you want since it allows for
4791 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4792 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004793 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4795 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4796 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4797 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4800 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4801 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4802 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4803 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4804 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004805
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004808 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4809 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4810 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4811 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4812 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4813 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4814 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4819 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004821 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004822
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004823 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004828
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004829 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004831 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004832
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004833 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4834 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004836 => setenv ethact FEC
4837 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4838 => setenv ethact SCC
4839 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004840
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004841 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4842 available network interfaces.
4843 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4844
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004845 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4847 When set to "once" the network operation will
4848 fail when all the available network interfaces
4849 are tried once without success.
4850 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4851 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004852
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004853 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004854
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004855 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004856 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4857 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4858 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4859 is silent.
4860
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004861 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004862 UDP source port.
4863
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004864 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004865 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4866
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004867 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4868 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4869
4870 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4871 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4872 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4873 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4874 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4875 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4876 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4877
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)f5fb7342015-10-12 00:02:57 +02004878 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
4879 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
4880 can happen during a single file transfer before that
4881 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
4882 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
4883 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
4884 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
4885
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004886 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004887 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004888 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004889
Alexandre Messier50768f52016-02-01 17:08:57 -05004890 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
4891 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
4892 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
4893 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
4894 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
4895
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004896The following image location variables contain the location of images
4897used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4898not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4899variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4900server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4901loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4902flash or offset in NAND flash.
4903
4904*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03004905boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004906boards use these variables for other purposes.
4907
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004908Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4909----- --------- ----------- --------------
4910u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4911Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4912device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4913ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4916updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4917depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004919 bootfile - see above
4920 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4921 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4922 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4923 hostname - Target hostname
4924 ipaddr - see above
4925 netmask - Subnet Mask
4926 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4927 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004928
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004929
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004930There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4933 as type string and/or serial number
4934 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004936These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4937the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4938once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004939
4940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004941Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4944 with the "version" command. This variable is
4945 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004946
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4949only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004951
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004952Callback functions for environment variables:
4953---------------------------------------------
4954
4955For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004956when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004957be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4958deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4959effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4960
4961The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4962U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4963
4964These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4965static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4966in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4967associations. The list must be in the following format:
4968
4969 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4970 list = entry[,list]
4971
4972If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4973Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4974
4975Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4976with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4977override any association in the static list. You can define
4978CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004979".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004980
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004981If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4982regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
4983the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
4984
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986Command Line Parsing:
4987=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4990the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004992Old, simple command line parser:
4993--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4996- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004997- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4999 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005000 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005001- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5002 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005004Hush shell:
5005-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5008 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5009 until...do...done, ...
5010- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5011 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5012 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5013 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005014
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015General rules:
5016--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5019 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5020 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5021 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005024 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5026 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5029=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005030
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005031Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005032such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5033"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5036MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5037"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005038
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005039If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5040in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5041ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5042variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005043
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005044o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5045 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005047o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5048 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5049 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005051o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5052 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5055 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5056 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005059 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5060 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005061
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005062If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005063will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005064may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5065The naming convention is as follows:
5066"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068Image Formats:
5069==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005071U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5072images in two formats:
5073
5074New uImage format (FIT)
5075-----------------------
5076
5077Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5078to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5079components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5080SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5081
5082
5083Old uImage format
5084-----------------
5085
5086Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5087preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5088details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5091 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005092 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5093 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5094 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005095* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005096 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5097 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005098* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5099* Load Address
5100* Entry Point
5101* Image Name
5102* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005104The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5105and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5106CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005107
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109Linux Support:
5110==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005111
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5113easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5114U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5117special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5118"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5119instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5120serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005122- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5123 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5124 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5127 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5130 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5131 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5132 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5133 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5134 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005135
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005137Linux HOWTO:
5138============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5141---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005143U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5144configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5145(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5146Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005148But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5151include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005152Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5153and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005154as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005156Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5157If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5158is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5159doc/driver-model.
5160
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005162Configuring the Linux kernel:
5163-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005165No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5166device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169Building a Linux Image:
5170-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5173not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5174"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5175U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5176which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5177100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005178
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005179Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005180
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005181 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182 make oldconfig
5183 make dep
5184 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005186The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5187encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5188CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005192* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5195 -R .note -R .comment \
5196 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005204 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5205 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5206 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005207
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005208
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005209The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5210with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5211combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5212byte header containing information about target architecture,
5213operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5214stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5217print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5220contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5221checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005222
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005223 tools/mkimage -l image
5224 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5227from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005228
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005229 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5230 -n name -d data_file image
5231 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5232 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5233 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5234 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5235 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5236 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5237 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5238 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005239
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005240Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5241address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5242kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005244- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5245- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005246
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005249 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5250 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005251 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005252 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5253 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5254 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5255 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5256 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5257 Load Address: 0x00000000
5258 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005260To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5263 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5264 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5265 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5266 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5267 Load Address: 0x00000000
5268 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005269
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005270NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5271speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5272needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5273need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005275 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5277 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005278 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5280 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5281 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5282 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5283 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5284 Load Address: 0x00000000
5285 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5289when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5292 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5293 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5294 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5295 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5296 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5297 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5298 Load Address: 0x00000000
5299 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005300
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005301The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5302option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5303option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5304from the image:
5305
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005306 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5307 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5308 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5309 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005310
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005311
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005312Installing a Linux Image:
5313-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5316you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005320The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5321image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5322address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5323specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5324command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5327TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331 .......... done
5332 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005333
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005334 => loads 40100000
5335 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5336 ~>examples/image.srec
5337 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5338 ...
5339 15989 15990 15991 15992
5340 [file transfer complete]
5341 [connected]
5342 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005343
5344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005345You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005346this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005347corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005349 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5352 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5353 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5354 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5355 Load Address: 00000000
5356 Entry Point: 0000000c
5357 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005358
5359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360Boot Linux:
5361-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005363The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5364memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5365of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5366parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5367"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005368
5369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370 => printenv bootargs
5371 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005373 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375 => printenv bootargs
5376 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005378 => bootm 40020000
5379 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5380 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5381 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5382 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5383 Load Address: 00000000
5384 Entry Point: 0000000c
5385 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5386 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5387 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5388 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5389 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5390 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5391 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5392 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005393
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005394If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005395the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5396format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005397
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005398 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005399
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005400 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5401 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5402 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5403 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5404 Load Address: 00000000
5405 Entry Point: 0000000c
5406 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005408 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5409 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5410 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5411 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5412 Load Address: 00000000
5413 Entry Point: 00000000
5414 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5417 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5418 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5419 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5420 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5421 Load Address: 00000000
5422 Entry Point: 0000000c
5423 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5424 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5425 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5426 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5427 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5428 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5429 Load Address: 00000000
5430 Entry Point: 00000000
5431 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5432 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5433 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5434 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5435 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5436 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5437 ...
5438 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5439 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005441 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005442
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005443Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5444-----------
5445
5446First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5447titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5448following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5449flat device tree:
5450
5451=> print oftaddr
5452oftaddr=0x300000
5453=> print oft
5454oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5455=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5456Speed: 1000, full duplex
5457Using TSEC0 device
5458TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5459Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5460Load address: 0x300000
5461Loading: #
5462done
5463Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5464=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5465Speed: 1000, full duplex
5466Using TSEC0 device
5467TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5468Filename 'uImage'.
5469Load address: 0x200000
5470Loading:############
5471done
5472Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5473=> print loadaddr
5474loadaddr=200000
5475=> print oftaddr
5476oftaddr=0x300000
5477=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5478## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005479 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5480 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5481 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005482 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005483 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005484 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5485 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5486Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5487Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5488Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5489[snip]
5490
5491
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492More About U-Boot Image Types:
5493------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005495U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005497 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5498 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5499 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5500 the Standalone Program.
5501 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5502 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5503 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5504 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5505 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5506 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5507 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5508 being started.
5509 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5510 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5511 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5512 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5513 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5514 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5517 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5518 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5519 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5520 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5521 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5524 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5525 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005526
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005527 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5528 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5529 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5530 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005531
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005532Booting the Linux zImage:
5533-------------------------
5534
5535On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5536using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5537as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5538
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005539Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005540kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5541address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5542format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5543
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005544
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005545Standalone HOWTO:
5546=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005548One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5549run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5550U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005554"Hello World" Demo:
5555-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5558application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5559It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5560like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005561
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005562 => loads
5563 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5564 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5565 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5566 [file transfer complete]
5567 [connected]
5568 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5571 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5572 Hello World
5573 argc = 7
5574 argv[0] = "40004"
5575 argv[1] = "Hello"
5576 argv[2] = "World!"
5577 argv[3] = "This"
5578 argv[4] = "is"
5579 argv[5] = "a"
5580 argv[6] = "test."
5581 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5582 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005586Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5587handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5588Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5589The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5590character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5591controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005593 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5594 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5595 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5596 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598 => loads
5599 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5600 ~>examples/timer.srec
5601 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5602 [file transfer complete]
5603 [connected]
5604 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005605
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005606 => go 40004
5607 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5608 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5609 Using timer 1
5610 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005612Hit 'b':
5613 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5614 Enabling timer
5615Hit '?':
5616 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5617 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5618Hit '?':
5619 [q, b, e, ?] .
5620 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5621Hit '?':
5622 [q, b, e, ?] .
5623 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5624Hit '?':
5625 [q, b, e, ?] .
5626 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5627Hit 'e':
5628 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5629Hit 'q':
5630 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005631
5632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633Minicom warning:
5634================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5637"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5638consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5639Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5640especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005641use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5642http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5643for help with kermit.
5644
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5647configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005649 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5650 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5651 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005652
5653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654NetBSD Notes:
5655=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005656
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005657Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5658(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5661NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5662need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5663Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5664attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5665missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5668 # mkdir powerpc
5669 # ln -s powerpc machine
5670 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5671 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5674and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5677stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5678proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5679tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005680meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
5682
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005683Implementation Internals:
5684=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5687implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5688inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5689hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005690
5691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005692Initial Stack, Global Data:
5693---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005694
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005695The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5696starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5697system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5698This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5699is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5700at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5701options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5702models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5703MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5704locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005706 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005707 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005709 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5710 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5711 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5712 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005714 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5715 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5716 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5717 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5718 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005719 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5721 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005723 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5724 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005725 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5727 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5728 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5729 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005731 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5733 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005734 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5736 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5737 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5738 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5739 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741 -Chris Hallinan
5742 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005743
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5745code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005747* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5748 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005749
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005750* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5752 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5755 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005757Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005758normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005759turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5760simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5761functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5762functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5763the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5764place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5765reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005767When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5768relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5769GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005771For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5772 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005773 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5775 R5-R10: parameter passing
5776 R13: small data area pointer
5777 R30: GOT pointer
5778 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005779
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005780 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5781 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5782 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005784 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5787 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5788 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5789 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5790 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5791 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005795 R0: function argument word/integer result
5796 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005797 R9: platform specific
5798 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005799 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5800 R12: temporary workspace
5801 R13: stack pointer
5802 R14: link register
5803 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005804
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005805 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5806
5807 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005809On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5810 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5811
5812 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5813
5814 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5815 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5816
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005817On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5818
5819 R0-R1: argument/return
5820 R2-R5: argument
5821 R15: temporary register for assembler
5822 R16: trampoline register
5823 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5824 R29: global pointer (GP)
5825 R30: link register (LP)
5826 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5827 PC: program counter (PC)
5828
5829 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5830
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005831NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5832or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005833
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005834Memory Management:
5835------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005837U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5838MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5841controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5842memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5843physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5846TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5847booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5848to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005849memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5851Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005852
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005853Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5854of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5857this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5860 :
5861 0x0000 1FFF
5862 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5863 :
5864 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005866 :
5867 :
5868 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5869 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5870 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5871 :
5872 0x00FD FFFF
5873 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5874 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5875 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5876 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005877
5878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005879System Initialization:
5880----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005882In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005883(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005884configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005885To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5886To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5887initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5888which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5889part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5890the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005892Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5893preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5894(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5895on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5896programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5897simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5898banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005900When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5901different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5902bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
59030x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5904contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005905
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005906Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5907and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5908Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5909pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005911Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5912until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5913running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5914new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005915
5916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005917U-Boot Porting Guide:
5918----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005919
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005920[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5921list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922
5923
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005924int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005925{
5926 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005927
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005928 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5929 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005932 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005933 return 0;
5934 }
5935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005936 Download latest U-Boot source;
5937
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005938 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005940 if (clueless)
5941 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943 while (learning) {
5944 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005945 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5946 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005947 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005948 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005949 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005950
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005951 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5952 Buy a BDI3000;
5953 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005954 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005955
5956 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5957 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5958 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5959 } else {
5960 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5961 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005963 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5964 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005965
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005966 while (!accepted) {
5967 while (!running) {
5968 do {
5969 Add / modify source code;
5970 } until (compiles);
5971 Debug;
5972 if (clueless)
5973 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5974 }
5975 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5976 if (reasonable critiques)
5977 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5978 else
5979 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005980 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982 return 0;
5983}
5984
5985void no_more_time (int sig)
5986{
5987 hire_a_guru();
5988}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005989
5990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005991Coding Standards:
5992-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005994All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005995coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005996"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005997
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005998Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5999MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006000reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006001sources.
6002
6003Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6004Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6005in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006006
6007Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6008- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006009- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006010- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006011- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006012- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6013
6014Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6015with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006016
6017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006018Submitting Patches:
6019-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006020
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006021Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6022establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6023may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006024
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006025Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006026
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006027Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6028see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006030When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6031it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006033* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6034 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6035 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006036
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006037* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6038 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006040* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6041
Robert P. J. Day7207b362015-12-19 07:16:10 -05006042* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6043 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006044
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006045* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6046 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006047
6048* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6049 document these in the README file.
6050
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006051* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6052 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006053 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006054 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6055 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006056
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006057 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6058 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6059 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006060
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006061 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6062 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6063 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6064 affected files).
6065
6066 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6067 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006068
6069* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6070 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6071
6072* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6073 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6074
6075
6076Notes:
6077
Simon Glass6de80f22016-07-27 20:33:08 -06006078* Before sending the patch, run the buildman script on your patched
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006079 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6080 for any of the boards.
6081
6082* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6083 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6084 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6085
6086* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6087 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6088 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6089 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6090 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6091 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006092
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006093* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6094 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6095 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6096 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.